Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From Zoophilia Wiki
Jump to navigationJump to search
← Older edit
meta>Trappist the monk
m is_parameter_ext_wikilink() fix;
m 1 revision imported
 
(41 intermediate revisions by 9 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
require ('strict');


local z = {
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
 
error_ids = {};
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
other modules; that are created here and used here


]]
]]
function is_set( var )
 
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
end
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
 


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------


First set variable or nil if none
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


]]
]]


local function first_set(...)
local function first_set (list, count)
local list = {...};
local i = 1;
for _, var in pairs(list) do
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( var ) then
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return var;
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------


Whether needle is in haystack
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if needle == nil then
if added_vanc_errs then return end
return false;
end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]


local function substitute( msg, args )
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------


]]
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
end
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
prefix = prefix or "";
There are several tests:
suffix = suffix or "";
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
if error_state == nil then
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
return false;
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}


]]
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end


local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
return true
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
else
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


]]
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.


local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


Determines whether a URL string is valid.
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.


At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


The scheme is checked http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Strip off any port and path;
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then test for the case where the url is
protocol relative (//example.com).  If the first two characters of the |url= value are //, return true.  Last
look for what appears to be a scheme according to the definition above.  If the characters preceding the colon
are in the allowed set, return true, else false
]]
]]


local function check_url( url_str )
local function split_url (url_str)
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value
local scheme, authority, domain;
return false;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or nil ~= url_str:match ("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- protocol relative or scheme part composed of legitimate characters
return scheme, domain;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.


]]
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
local function safe_for_italics( str )
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]


local function safe_for_url( str )
local function link_param_ok (value)
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
local scheme, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
end
 
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
['['] = '&#91;',
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------


Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().


]]
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


local function wrap_style (key, str)
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
if not is_set( str ) then
that condition exists
return "";
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end


return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
end
code and must begin with a colon.


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
]]


Format an external link with error checking
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix


]]
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end


local function external_link( URL, label, source )
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
local error_str = "";
link = ''; -- unset
if not is_set( label ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


Formats a wiki style external link
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]


local function external_link_id(options)
local function check_url( url_str )
local url_string = options.id;
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
return false;
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
local scheme, domain;
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------


Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.


]]
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
 
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;


local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


]]
]]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
local cap='';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
local cap2='';
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
end
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
end


cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
]]
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
Format an external link with error checking


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value)
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local err_msg = '';
local name;
local domain;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
local path;
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
local base_url;
if not is_set (lang) then
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
end
label = URL;
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
if utilities.is_set (source) then
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
 
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
 
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
return base_url;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
 
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if is_set (script) then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
if is_set (script) then
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
end
return title;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.


]]
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
]=]


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
local function kern_quotes (str)
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;


]]
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
local value = nil;
local selected = '';
local error_list = {};
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
if index == '1' then
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if index ~= nil then
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
 
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
table.insert( error_list, v );
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
else
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
value = args[v];
 
selected = v;
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
end
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
end
end
end
if #error_list > 0 then
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
local error_str = "";
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
str = label;
end
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return str;
return value, selected;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


]]
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


if is_set (transchapter) then
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
if is_set (chapter) then
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
 
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=


--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper( args )
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local origin = {};
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
return setmetatable({
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
return origin[k];
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
},
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
{
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if origin[k] ~= nil then
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
return nil;
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
end
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
-- Empty strings, not nil;
else
if v == nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
origin[k] = '';
end
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
end
return v;
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
end,
 
});
return script_value;
end
end


--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
nil - unsupported parameters
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
]]
]]


local function validate( name )
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local name = tostring( name );
if utilities.is_set (script) then
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
-- Normal arguments
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
end
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return title;
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end




-- Formats a wiki style internal link
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


 
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
 
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]


local function nowrap_date (date)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local cap='';
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
local cap2='';
return "";
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if true == lower then
return date;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------


ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.


]]
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.


local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


]]


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});


ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.


]]
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end


local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
if ws_url then
local temp=0;
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
 
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
 
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.


]]
]]


local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end


if len == 10 then
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
else
else
local temp = 0;
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped


Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
section 2, pages 9–12.
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
]]
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
 
periodical = trans_periodical;
local function ismn (id)
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
end
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
 
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end
end


-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
return periodical;
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
 
if false == valid_ismn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------


Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
for error messages).
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


]]
]]


local function issn(id)
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
if ws_url then
local text;
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
local valid_issn = true;
chapter = ws_label;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
end


if true == valid_issn then
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped


Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
elseif ws_url then
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end


]]
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
 
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
local function amazon(id, domain)
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
local err_cat = ""
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
 
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
chapter = trans_chapter;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
 
domain = "com";
return chapter;
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------


See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------


format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
The search stops at the first match.
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]


local function arxiv (id, class)
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
local year, month, version;
See also coins_cleanup().
local err_cat = '';
local text;
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return text .. class;
end


--[[
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
1. Remove all blanks.
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]
]]


local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found


if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
end


local prefix
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local suffix
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end


if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
return; -- and done with this parameter
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
end
end
return lccn;
end
end
end


--[[
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
single internal variable.
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function lccn(lccn)
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local origin = {};
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
return setmetatable({
 
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
return origin[k];
 
if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
},
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
{
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
__index = function ( tbl, k )
end
if origin[k] ~= nil then
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
return nil;
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
if type( list ) == 'table' then
end
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if origin[k] == nil then
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
else
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
 
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end
 
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 
--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
 
local function pmid(id)
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
 
]]
 
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
else
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
end
end
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------


Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
 
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.


]]
]]


local function pmc(id, embargo)
local function nowrap_date (date)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local cap = '';
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local cap2 = '';
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
else -- PMC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
return date;
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).


-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
]]
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.


local function doi(id, inactive)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local cat = ""
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
local text;
if is_set(inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end


if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
 
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
 
if ( code == "A" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------


Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.


]]
]]


local function message_id (id)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local str = ''; -- the output string
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
local trim;
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
end
if value == nil then value = ''; end
return text
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
end
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
if trim then
 
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
]]
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
 
else
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
if is_set(title_type) then
end
if "none" == title_type then
end
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return str;
end


return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
Puncutation not allowed.


]]
]]


local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
local function is_suffix (suffix)
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


]]
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
This original test:
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


while true do
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]


local function make_coins_title (title, script)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if is_set (title) then
if not suffix then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
else
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
end
if is_set (script) then
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
else
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
end
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
end
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local pattern;
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
while true do
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
end));
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
end
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
 
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
return str;
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
end
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
 
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix
 
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
--[[
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
end
 
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
local cap1, cap2;
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
]]
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
local end_chr = '';
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
local trim;
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
end
if value == nil then value = ''; end
else -- here when :language:project:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
end
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
trim = false;
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
end
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
end
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
end
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
names in the list will be linked when
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there


At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.


]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
local sep;
add_vanc_error ();
local namesep;
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
local format = control.format;
end;
local maximum = control.maximum;
return true;
local name_list = {};
end
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
]]
 
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
 
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
 
]]
 
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
local mask = person.mask;
local one
local one;
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
end
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
if mask then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
else
one = mask;
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " ";
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
end
else
else
one = person.last
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first
local first = person.first -- get given name
if is_set(first) then  
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first  
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end


if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end


local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
if count > 0 then  
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
end
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
if proj then
proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj then  
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
end
end
 
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
 
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if 0 < count then
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
 
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
 
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.
 
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]]
]]


local function anchor_id( options )
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter


]]
]]


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local class_t = {};
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
end


if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
|display-<names>=etal parameter


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local names = {}; -- table of names
 
local last; -- individual name components
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local first;
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
local link;
local mask;
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
end
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return name, etal;
end
end


-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
local id_list = {};
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
return id_list;
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
 
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. 
 
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
 
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.


Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
returns nothing


]]
]]


local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
local new_list, handler = {};
local patterns = {
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
}


function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
-- fallback to read-only cfg
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
end
 
if handler.mode == 'external' then
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );  
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return a[1] < b[1];
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
return new_list;
end
end
 


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------


COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
 
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
 
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.
 
<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names
 
returns nothing


]]
]]


local function COinS(data, class)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
return '';
limit = limit and limit or 1;
end
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
if is_set(value) then
-- entities
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
end
end
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
});
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if in_array (class, {'citation', 'conference', 'interview', 'press release'}) and is_set(data.Periodical) then
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
elseif in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
if 'arxiv' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
end
end


OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
end


OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
 
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
'generic_titles' – for |title=
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
 
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
end
'reject' test. For example,
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.


Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
]=]
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
local test_val;
with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
end
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
 
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
]]
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
 
if generic_value[wiki] then
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
end
end
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------


There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
parameter name used in error messaging
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
]]
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
 
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
added_generic_name_errs = true;
end
end


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.


]]
]]


local function language_parameter (lang)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local accept_name;
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
if utilities.is_set (first) then
else
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
if is_set (code) then
if 0 ~= wl_type then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
first = D;
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
 
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
return last, first; -- done
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------


]]
Gets name list from the input arguments


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
end
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
search is done.
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local names = {}; -- table of names
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local last; -- individual name components
end
local first;
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
local link;
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
local mask;
end
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
end
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
 
while true do
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
rendered style.
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
]]
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
local sep;
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
else -- not a citation template so CS1
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end
end
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
end
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
]]
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
 
end
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
local sep;
end
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
applying the pdf icon to external links.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.


]=]
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
 
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
 
]]
 
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
local name;
local tag;
 
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
end
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end


local function is_pdf (url)
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
end
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
end


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
if name then
the appropriate styling.
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end


]]
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if tag then
if is_set (format) then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if name then
if not is_set (url) then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------


Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
 
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
some variant of the text 'et al.').
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
recognized but code 'ara' is not.


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.


]]
]]


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local function language_parameter (lang)
if is_set (max) then
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
local name; -- the language name
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
 
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
 
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
 
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
max = nil; -- unset
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
return max, etal;
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------


Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
if is_set (nopp) then -- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
end
return;
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end


if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
 
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


]]
]]


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local sep;
local v_name_table = {};
if 'cs2' == mode then
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
local last, first, link, mask;
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
local corporate = false;
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
else
add_vanc_error ();
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
corporate = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
    lastfirstTable = {}
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
end
-- this from extract_names ()
postscript = '';
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return sep, postscript
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
]=]


In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
local function is_pdf (url)
 
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
]]
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
 
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
 
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if not is_set (value) then
if utilities.is_set (format) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
return true;
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
return false
end
end
return format;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls.
 
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').


]]
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
if value:match ("%[%[%a+:") then -- if a wikilink with namespace
 
return false;
inputs:
elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
return true;
count: #a or #e
else
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
return false;
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.
 
]]
 
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return max, etal;
end
end




--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
 
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local error_message = '';
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
return; -- and done
end
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.


]]
For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.


local function citation0( config, args)
For |issue=:
--[[
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
Load Input Parameters
parameter content (all case insensitive).
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
 
]]


local i
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
return;
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
PPPrefix = ''; -- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
PPrefix = '';
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
end
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];


do -- to limit scope of selected
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
if 1 == selected then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
elseif 2 == selected then
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
return; -- and done
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
end
end
end


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];


local editor_etal;
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


do -- to limit scope of selected
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
if 1 == selected then
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
]=]
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end
 


local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
local Translators; -- assembled trnaslators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


local Year = A['Year'];
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 
local Date = A['Date'];
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local Series = A['Series'];
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];


local Edition = A['Edition'];
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
registration=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
subscription=nil;
end


local Via = A['Via'];
]]
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


local Language = A['Language'];
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local Format = A['Format'];
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local v_name_table = {};
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local ID = A['ID'];
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local corporate = false;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


local Quote = A['Quote'];
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
if accept_name then
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
last = v_name;
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if utilities.is_set (first) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
end


--these are used by cite interview
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
local City = A['City'];
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
local Program = A['Program'];
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
if is_set(Page) then
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end


if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
local err_name;
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
err_name = 'author';
TransChapter = TransTitle;
else
ChapterURL = URL;
err_name = 'editor';
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
end
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
 
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
 
if is_set(Program) then
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
ID = ' ' .. Program;
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
end
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
if is_set(Callsign) then
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
if is_set(ID) then
specified by ret_val.
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
 
else
TODO: explain <invert>
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
 
end
]]
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end


if is_set(Others) then
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
if is_set(TitleType) then
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
end


-- special case for cite mailing list
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- cite map oddities
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
local Cartography = "";
 
local Scale = "";
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
single space character.
Chapter = A['Map'];
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
]]
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
if is_set( Cartography ) then
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
else
end
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};


-- do common parameters first
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
]]
if is_set (AirDate) then
Date = AirDate;
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
end
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
end
return '';
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local Season = A['Season'];
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
local vol = '';
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
end
TransTitle = '';
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
ScriptTitle = '';
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
return vol;
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
end
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- all other types of citation
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
else
end
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
end


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
end


-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


--[[
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});


if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
if 'journal' == origin then
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
end
else
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
end
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
end


if is_set(error_message) then
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end -- end of do
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
 
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
 
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
 
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
 
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?
 
]]
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
if utilities.is_set (page) then
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
if ws_url then
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
-- Test if citation has no title
if ws_url then
if not is_set(Title) and
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
not is_set(TransTitle) and
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
coins_pages = ws_label;
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; is there a better way to do this?
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
else
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
if ws_url then
end
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
end
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
 
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------


check_for_url ({['title']=Title, ['chapter']=Chapter, ['work']=Periodical}); -- adds error message when any of these parameters contain a URL
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
]]
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
 
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
return archive, date;
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
end
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
 
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
|archive-date= and an error message when:
if is_set (PublisherName) then
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' .. external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
end
correct place
end
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
archive URL:
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
do
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
local last_first_list;
 
local maximum;
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
local control = {
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};


do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
]=]
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


control.maximum = maximum;
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=, and done
end
-- here for archive.org urls
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end


if is_set (Editors) then
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if editor_etal then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
else
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
end
end
do -- now do translators
end
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
-- if here, something not right so
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_preview_mode then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
control.maximum = #a + 1;
else
end
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
end


if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


end -- end of do
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
end
 
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
 
]]
 
local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
end
return param_val; -- and done
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------


--[[
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
do -- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
local last_first_list;
local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];


maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
]]


local control = {
local function is_archived_copy (title)
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
maximum = maximum,
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
return true;
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
};
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
end
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
end


if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


end -- end of do
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
end
special handling is required.


local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
do
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
local last_first_list;
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
set overridden maint category
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value


maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


local control = {
]]
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};


last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits


if is_set (Editors) then
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
if editor_etal then
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
end
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
end
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
if global_display_names then
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
]]
]]


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
local function citation0( config, args )
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
--[[
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
Load Input Parameters
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
]]
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
local i
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


if  not is_set(URL) then --and
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
local author_etal;
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
local Authors;
if is_set (URL) then
local NameListStyle;
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
else
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL) or is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
end
end
end


-- Format main title.
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
do -- to limit scope of selected
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
if 1 == selected then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 3 == selected then
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
end
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
else
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end


TransError = "";
local editor_etal;
if is_set(TransTitle) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
if is_set(Title) then
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
do -- to limit scope of selected
else
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
if 0 < #c then
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
URL = "";
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
Format = "";
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
else
end
Title = Title .. TransError;
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
local Title = A['Title'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end
end


if is_set(Place) then
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end
end


if is_set (Conference) then
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
local param;
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
end
 
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end


if not is_set(Position) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local i;
if is_set(Minutes) then
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
else
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
local Time = A['Time'];
end
if is_set(Time) then
end
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if sepc ~= '.' then
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
 
end
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end
end
 
-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end
if not is_set(Page) then
local Volume;
if is_set(Pages) then
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(Periodical) and
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
end
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
else
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
end
else
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
if is_set(Periodical) and
Volume = A['Volume'];
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
end
Page = ": " .. Page;
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
else
 
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
end
end
local ArticleNumber;


if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
end
local err_msg2;
 
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
 
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
local Page;
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
local Pages;
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
local At;
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
local QuotePage;
end
local QuotePages;
if is_set (err_msg2) then
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Page = A['Page'];
end
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
At = A['At'];
if is_set (Sheets) then
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
if is_set (Periodical) then
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
end
else
 
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
local Edition = A['Edition'];
end
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
end
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
else
if is_set (Periodical) then
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
else
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
local i = 0;
end
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
end
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
end
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
end
end


At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end


if is_set( Sections ) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
elseif is_set( Section ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


if is_set (Language) then
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if is_set (Translators) then
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;  
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end
end


TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if is_set (Edition) then
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
end
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


if is_set(Volume) then
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
 
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
local coins_pages;
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
end


--[[
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.


]]
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
if PublicationPlace == Place then
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
end
else
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
local Format = A['Format'];
end
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
--[[
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
When the citation has these parameters:
end
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
]]


if is_set(URL) then
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end


if is_set(Quote) then
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
 
local Archived
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
-- if 'usurped' == DeadURL then -- when original has unsuitable content do not link
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
end
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
-- special case for cite techreport.
Archived = ""
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
end
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
local Lay = '';
-- CS1/2 mode
if is_set(LayURL) then
local Mode;
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
if is_set(LaySource) then
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
else
LaySource = "";
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
end
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
end
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end


local Publisher;
-- separator character and postscript
if is_set(Periodical) and
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
if is_set(PublisherName) then
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
-- cite map oddities
else
local Cartography = "";
Publisher = PublisherName; 
local Scale = "";
end
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
else
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
Publisher = "";
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
Chapter = A['Map'];
if is_set(Publisher) then
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
else
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
Publisher = PublicationDate;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
end
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
end
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
if is_set(Publisher) then
 
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
end
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
else
 
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
end
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
if is_set(PublisherName) then
end
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Scale = A['Scale'];
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
else
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end
end


--[[
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
local Series = A['Series'];
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
]]
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


local tcommon
local Network = A['Network'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
local Station = A['Station'];
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
local s, n = {}, {};
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
-- do common parameters first
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
local Season = A['Season'];
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
else -- all other CS1 templates
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,  
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
else
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ID_list = ID;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
local text;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
if is_set(Authors) then
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
if is_set(Coauthors) then
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
local sep = '; ';
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
 
sep = ', ';
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
end
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
URL = ''; -- unset
end
TransTitle = '';
if is_set(Date) then
ScriptTitle = '';
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
Format = '';
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = Authors .. " "
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
else
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
end
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
if is_set(Editors) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
else
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
end
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if is_set(Date) then
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local options = {};
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
end
options.class = config.CitationClass;
 
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];
 
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
else
options.class = "citation";
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
end
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local id = Ref
]]
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
 
local names = {} --table of last names & year
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if #a > 0 then
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
options.id = id;
end
end
local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
z.error_categories = {};
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end


local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
text = text .. OCinS;
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
local error_message = '';
text = text .. " ";
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
local date_parameters_list = {
if is_set(v[1]) then
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
if i == #z.message_tail then
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
else
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
end
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
end
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
 
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
end
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end


-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
function z.citation(frame)
modified = true;
local pframe = frame:getParent()
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
local validation;
end
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
modified = true;
end


else -- otherwise
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
end
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
 
end
local args = {};
else
local suggestions = {};
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
local error_text, error_state;
end
end -- end of do


local config = {};
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
config[k] = v;
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
args[k] = v;  
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
end
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
else -- PublisherName has a value
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
end
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
-- if #suggestions == 0 then
-- suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
-- end
-- if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
-- else
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
-- end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
args[k] = v;
end
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
 
args[k] = v;
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
end
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
end
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
return citation0( config, args)
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}
 
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end
 
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
 
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end
 
local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
 
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);
 
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
 
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);
 
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);
 
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
 
end
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
 
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
 
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end
 
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
 
local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
local Docket = A['Docket'];
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
 
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then
Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space
end
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = '';
local post_text = '';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
local sort_key;
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
end
end
 
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end
end


return z
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
-- replace wnumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end  
end
 
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
 
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
 
local url_param_t = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end
 
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
 
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
 
return {citation = citation};

Latest revision as of 20:03, 28 November 2023

Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc 

require ('strict');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {};																	-- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers;																-- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata;																	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >---------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs;															-- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode;															-- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox;																-- true when using sandbox modules to render citation


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
	if added_vanc_errs then return end
		
	added_vanc_errs = true;														-- note that we've added this category
	utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like URLs
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and TLD
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if utilities.is_set (scheme) then											-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		if utilities.is_set (authority) then
			authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);							-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
			if utilities.is_set(authority) then									-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		else
			if not scheme:match ('^news:') then									-- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
	local orig;
	if utilities.is_set (link) then 											-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then										-- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
			local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower();						-- get the interwiki prefix

			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then									-- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
				orig = lorig;													-- flag as error
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (orig) then
		link = '';																-- unset
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig);						-- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
	
	return link;																-- link if ok, empty string else
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
			table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
	local err_msg = '';
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not utilities.is_set (label) then
		label = URL;
		if utilities.is_set (source) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
		else
			error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);							-- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
		end			
	end
	if not check_url (URL) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'});			-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wiki-markup URL

	if utilities.is_set (access) then											-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end

	return base_url;
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name});				-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap = '';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str);							-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)");						-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
		end
	
		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$")						-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label);						-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then									-- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']});		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if utilities.is_set (name) then											-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
			else
				utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']});	-- unknown script-language; add error message
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']});		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']});				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is RTL

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if utilities.is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
		if utilities.is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return utilities.substitute ( msg, str );								-- including template text
	else
		return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;
	local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

	wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str);								-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then													-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end

	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable URL
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

	if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);			-- style 
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical;
end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' ');									-- replace underscore separators with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
		chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
		trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
		if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
		else																	-- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = trans_chapter;
			chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)');		-- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
		end
	end

	return chapter;
end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local stripmarker;															-- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no Unicode characters
		return;
	end

	for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
		local char_name = invisible_char[1];									-- the character or group name
		local pattern = invisible_char[2];										-- the pattern used to find it
		position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern);					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then				-- if we found a zero-width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then			-- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then	-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
				else
					err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position});	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k];												-- force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = '';												-- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
		if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
			title_type = '';													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub = string.gsub
			f.match = string.match
			f.sub = string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match = mw.ustring.match
			f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then										-- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"				-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1, -2);									-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then	-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then	-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -3);								-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value; 												-- add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
	if not suffix then
		if first:find ('[,%s]') then											-- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
			first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+');									-- get name/initials
			suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$');								-- get generational suffix
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
			return false;														-- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just initials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);			-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1));			-- insert the initial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
	false – no prefixen
	nil – prefix exists but not recognized
	project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
		:<project>:<language>:<article>
		:<language>:<project>:<article>
	project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
	nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]

local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
	if not value:find (':%l+:') then											-- if no prefix
		return false;															-- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
	end

	local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {											-- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
		'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):',												-- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
		'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):',												-- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
		'^%[%[:([dsw]):',														-- wikilinked; project prefix
		'^%[%[:(%l%l+):',														-- wikilinked; language prefix
		}
		
	local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {										-- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
		'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):',													-- project and language prefixes
		'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):',													-- language and project prefixes
		'^:([dsw]):',															-- project prefix
		'^:(%l%l+):',															-- language prefix
		}
	
	local cap1, cap2;
	for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
		cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
		if cap1 then
			break;																-- found a match so stop looking
		end
	end
	
	if cap1 and cap2 then														-- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
		if 1 == #cap1 then														-- length == 1 then :project:language:
			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then									-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
				return cap1, cap2;												-- return interwiki project and interwiki language
			end
		else																	-- here when :language:project:
			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then									-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
				return cap2, cap1;												-- return interwiki project and interwiki language
			end
		end
		return nil;																-- unknown interwiki language
	elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then												-- both are nil?
		return nil;																-- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
	elseif 1 == #cap1 then														-- here when one capture
		return cap1, nil;														-- length is 1 so return project, nil language
	else																		-- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
		if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then										-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
			return nil, cap1;													-- return nil project, language
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format;
	local maximum = control.maximum;
	local name_list = {};

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between names is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end		-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
	
	for i, person in ipairs (people) do
		if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask;
			local one;
			local sep_one = sep;

			if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			end
			
			if mask then
				local n = tonumber (mask);										-- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
				if n then
					one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil;			-- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
					person.link = nil;											-- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
				else
					one = mask;													-- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
					sep_one = " ";												-- modify name-list separator
				end
			else
				one = person.last;												-- get surname
				local first = person.first										-- get given name
				if utilities.is_set (first) then
					if ("vanc" == format) then									-- if Vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials (first, i);				-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
			end
			if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
				one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one);				-- link author/editor
			end

			if one then															-- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
				local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true);			-- get the interwiki prefixen if present

				if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
					proj = nil;													-- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
				end
				if proj then
					proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj];	-- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
					if proj then 
						one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj);	-- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
						tag = nil;												-- unset; don't do both project and language
					end
				end
				if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
					tag = nil;													-- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
				end
				if tag then
					local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
					if lang then												-- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
						one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang);	-- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
					end
				end

				table.insert (name_list, one);									-- add it to the list of names
				table.insert (name_list, sep_one);								-- add the proper name-list separator
			end
		end
	end

	local count = #name_list / 2;												-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if 0 < count then 
		if 1 < count and not etal then
			if 'amp' == format then
				name_list[#name_list-2] = " & ";								-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			elseif 'and' == format then
				if 2 == count then
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and;		-- replace last separator with 'and' text
				else
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end;		-- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
				end
			end
		end
		name_list[#name_list] = nil;											-- erase the last separator
	end

	local result = table.concat (name_list);									-- construct list
	if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then									-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al'];						-- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count;														-- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};							-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do			-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last
		if i == 4 then break end			-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);				-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);			-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if utilities.is_set (id) then			-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;				-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';							-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
	local class_t = {};
	table.insert (class_t, 'citation');											-- required for blue highlight
	if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
		table.insert (class_t, cite_class);										-- identify this template for user css
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	else
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	end
	for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
		table.insert (class_t, prop_key);										-- identify various properties for user css or javascript
	end

	return table.concat (class_t, ' ');											-- make a big string and done
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if utilities.is_set (name) then												-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; 									-- get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param});				-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.  

Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are 
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.

This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
	local patterns = {
		'^%D+%d',																-- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
		'^%D*%d+%D+',															-- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
		}

	if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then	-- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
		utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias);				-- add an error message
		added_numeric_name_errs = true;											-- set the flag so we emit only one error message
		return;																	-- when here no point in further testing; abandon
	end

	if not added_numeric_name_maint then										-- if we have already set a maint message
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through list of patterns
			if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then							-- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
				utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				added_numeric_name_maint = true;								-- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
				return;															-- when here no point in further testing; abandon
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.

<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
	local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
	limit = limit and limit or 1;
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		_, commas = name:gsub (',', '');										-- count the number of commas
		_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', '');									-- count the number of semicolons
		-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
		-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
		-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
		-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
		-- entities
		_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;','');										-- count nbsps
		
		-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
		-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
		-- they also can be subtracted.
		if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint message
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
	'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
	'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
	|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
	true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
	false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
	nil else

]=]

local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
	local test_val;
	local str_lower = {															-- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
		['en'] = string.lower,
		['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
		}
	local str_find = {															-- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
		['en'] = string.find,
		['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
		}

	local function test (val, test_t, wiki)										-- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
		val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val;						-- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
		return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]);					-- return nil when not found or matched
	end
		
	local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'};									-- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
	local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'};											-- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

	for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do								-- for each test type
		for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do	-- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
			for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
				if generic_value[wiki] then
					if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then				-- go do the test
						return ('reject' == test_type);							-- param value rejected, return true; false else
					end
				end
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
	if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias);					-- set an error message
		added_generic_name_errs = true;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
	local accept_name;

	if utilities.is_set (last) then
		last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last);				-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

		if not accept_name then													-- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);								-- check for multiple names in the parameter
			name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name);						-- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
			name_is_generic (last, last_alias);									-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (first) then
		first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

		if not accept_name then													-- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0);							-- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
			name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name);					-- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
			name_is_generic (first, first_alias);								-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
		local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
		if 0 ~= wl_type then
			first = D;
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
		end
	end

	return last, first;															-- done
end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names
	local last;																	-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;																-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;																-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;															-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias;									-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
	
		if last then															-- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
			local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true);		-- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
			if nil == project and nil == language then							-- when both are nil
				utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias);		-- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
				last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last);						-- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
			end
		end
		
		if link then															-- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
			local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false);		-- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
			if nil == project and nil == language then							-- when both are nil
				utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias);		-- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
				link = nil;														-- unset so we don't link
				link_alias = nil;
			end
		end
		
		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first';	-- get first or given form of the alias
			utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
				first_alias,													-- param name of alias missing its mate
				first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}),	-- make param name appropriate to the alias form
				});																-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			local result;
			link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias);			-- check for improper wiki-markup

			if first then
				link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias);	-- check for improper wiki-markup
			end

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1});	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
	
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
	local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param);						-- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
	local name;
	local tag;

	name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc];									-- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name 
	if name then																-- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
		if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
			return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2];					-- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
		end
		return name, lang_param_lc;												-- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
	name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag];												-- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
	if name then																-- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
		return name, tag;														-- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
	end

	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then									-- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag 
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2];	-- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
	end

	name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
	
	if name then
		return name, lang_param_lc;												-- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
	end
	
	tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
	
	if tag then
		return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag;								-- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

	if tag then
		name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];									-- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
		if name then
			return name, tag;													-- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local tag;																	-- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
	local lang_subtag;															-- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_t = {};															-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');									-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do											-- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
		name, tag = name_tag_get (lang);										-- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

		if utilities.is_set (tag) then
			lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');					-- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

			if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then							-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then									-- and is a two-character tag
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag);		-- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag);			-- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
				end
			elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then								-- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag});		-- categorize it
			end
		else
			name = lang;														-- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
 
	name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
	if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then		-- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
	if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
		if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
	else
		postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	elseif 'citation' == cite_class	then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	else
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	end

	if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
		if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
		postscript = '';
	end
	
	return sep, postscript
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if utilities.is_set (format) then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format);						-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not utilities.is_set (url) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param});	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');						-- set format to PDF
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
	if utilities.is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then					-- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
				utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});			-- add error message
				max = nil;
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});				-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
	if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do		-- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
			if val:match (pattern) then											-- when a match, error so
				utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name);	 		-- add error message
				return;															-- and done
			end
		end
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.

For |volume=:
	'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
	content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
	are allowed.

For |issue=:
	'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
	parameter content (all case insensitive).
	
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
	
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
	if not utilities.is_set (val) then
		return;
	end
	
	local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;

	local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
	val = val:lower();															-- force parameter value to lower case
	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
		if val:match (pattern) then												-- when a match, error so
			utilities.set_message (handler, name);								-- add error message
			return;																-- and done
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
			local name = name_table[i];
			i = i + 1;															-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i = i + 1;														-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]);		-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		first = '';																-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
		local accept_name;
		v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

		if accept_name then
			last = v_name;
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

			if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then						-- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
				suffix = first;													-- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ')							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
			if not utilities.is_set (last) then
				first = '';														-- unset
				last = v_name;													-- last empty because something wrong with first
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i);			-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- matches a space between two initials
			end
		else
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
		
		if utilities.is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i);							-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
			end
		end

		link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
	local lastfirst = false;
	if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst = true;
	end

	if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or					-- these are the three error conditions
		(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters');	-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
	if not utilities.is_set (value) then
		return ret_val;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	end

	if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then				-- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
		return cfg.keywords_xlate[value];										-- return translation of parameter keyword
	elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then				-- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
		return value;															-- return <value> as it is
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value});			-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return ret_val;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then					-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terminate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
		return '';
	end

	-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

	local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$'));	-- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
	local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume));				-- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
	
	if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then						-- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol');									-- yes, add properties cat
	end

	if is_journal then															-- journal-style formatting
		local vol = '';

		if utilities.is_set (volume) then
			if is_numeric_vol then												-- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume});	-- render in bold face
			elseif is_long_vol then												-- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- not bold
			else																-- four or fewer characters
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- bold
			end
		end
		vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
		vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
		return vol;
	end
	
	if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
	
	if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then			-- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
		if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then		-- both volume and article number
			return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
		elseif utilities.is_set (article) then									-- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
			return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
		end
	end

	-- all other types of citation
	if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
	elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
	else
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig);								-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if utilities.is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig);							-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
	if utilities.is_set (archive) then
		if archive == url or archive == c_url then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});	-- add error message
			return '', '';														-- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
		end
	end

	return archive, date;
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.org URL
	
	timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/');	-- get timestamp from archive.today urls
	if timestamp then															-- if this was an archive.today url ...
		return url, date, timestamp;											-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=, and done
	end
																				-- here for archive.org urls
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
		if not path then														-- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
		elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then										-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
			if '*' ~= flag then
				local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d');	-- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
				if replacement then												-- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
					replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len());	-- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
					url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
				end
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then					-- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then		-- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then		-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		else
			return url, date, timestamp;										-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg});						-- add error message and

	if is_preview_mode then
		return url, date, timestamp;											-- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
	else
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then									-- parameter empty or omitted
		return param_val;														-- return that empty state
	end
	
	if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then									-- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
		utilities.set_message ('maint_location');								-- yep, add maint cat
	end
	
	return param_val;															-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then			-- if title is 'Archived copy'
		return true;
	elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
		if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
			return true;
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------

for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.

When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
	the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
		greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
			use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
			set overridden maint category
		less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
			use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value

The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.

]]

local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
	if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then		-- when both
		if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then		-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names);						-- convert these to numbers for comparison
			local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names);	-- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits

			if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then					-- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
				utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');				-- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
				return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';						-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
			else
				return local_display_names, param_name;							-- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
			end
		end
																				-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
		utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');						-- set a maint message
		return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';								-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
	end
																				-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
	if global_display_names then
		return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';								-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
	else
		return local_display_names, param_name;									-- return local
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListStyle;
		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then						-- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
			NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');	-- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
		else
			NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
		end

		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then	-- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
			utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');					-- set a maint message
		end

	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList');	-- support for |editors= withdrawn
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		end
	end
							
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];												-- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
	local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
	local Contribution;															-- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
		if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
			Contribution = Chapter;												-- get the name of the contribution
		end
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then							-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution');	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author');	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored');					-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	local Title = A['Title'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

	local auto_select = '';														-- default is auto
	local accept_link;
	TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true);	-- test for accept-this-as-written markup
	if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
		auto_select = TitleLink;												-- remember selection for later
		TitleLink = '';															-- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
	end

	TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Section = '';															-- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
	if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
		Section = A['Chapter'];													-- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
		Chapter = '';															-- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
	end

	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
	local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
	
	if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
		local param;
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
			Periodical = '';													-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = Periodical_origin											-- get parameter name for error messaging
		elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
			TransPeriodical = '';												-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = TransPeriodical_origin;										-- get parameter name for error messaging
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			ScriptPeriodical = '';												-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = ScriptPeriodical_origin;									-- get parameter name for error messaging
		end

		if utilities.is_set (param) then										-- if we found one
			utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param});			-- emit an error message
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		local i;
		Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);			-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
		end
	end

	if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then	-- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
		end

		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];											-- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
	end

	-- web and news not tested for now because of 
	-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
	if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then	-- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
	--	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
		local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'};			-- for error message
		if p[config.CitationClass]  then
			utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
		end
	end
	
	local Volume;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then	-- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then	-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	
	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');	

	local Issue;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then	-- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then	-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end
	
	local ArticleNumber;

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
		ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
	end

	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');	

	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;
	local QuotePage;
	local QuotePages;
	if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then		-- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
		QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
		QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
	local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
		local i = 0;
		PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);	-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
		if i and (0 < i) then													-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
		end
	end
	
	if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
	end

	local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup'];											-- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
	local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');	

	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then	-- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
		end

		PublisherName = nil;													-- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
	end

	local URL = A['URL'];														-- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
	local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	
	if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
		UrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
	end
	
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
		ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
	end

	local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
		MapUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
	end

	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then								-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then				-- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end
																				-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters');	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

	local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test');								-- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
		if PublicationPlace == Place then
			Place = '';															-- unset; don't need both if they are the same
		end
	elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end

	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same

	local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]

	local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];										-- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

	if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then										-- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
		if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
			Encyclopedia = nil;													-- unset because not supported by this template
		end
	end

	if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then	-- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
			utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
			Periodical = Encyclopedia;											-- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');

			if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;

					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then								-- |title= not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- special case for cite techreport.
	local ID = A['ID'];
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then									-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not utilities.is_set (ID) then									-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
			Chapter_origin = 'title';
	--		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			URL_origin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
	--		TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end
	
	-- CS1/2 mode
	local Mode;
		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then									-- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
			Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');	-- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
		else
			Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
		end

		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then	-- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
			utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');					-- set a maint message
		end

	-- separator character and postscript
	local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
	-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
	
	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)});	-- add error message
		end
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
		ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local Series = A['Series'];
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then	-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')});		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias |episode-link=
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			ChapterFormat = Format;

			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- link but not URL
				Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			Format = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);				-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then				-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then										-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);	-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	local Date = A['Date'];
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local Year = A['Year'];

	if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]

	local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
	if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;														-- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
	end

	local ArchiveURL;
	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local archive_url_timestamp;												-- timestamp from wayback machine url
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate);		-- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};

		local error_list = {};
		anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
		if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
		end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then				-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
		end
		
		if 0 == #error_list then												-- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if utilities.is_set (DF) then										-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then	-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format');					-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
			if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated');				-- add maint cat
				modified = true;
			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end

			if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF);	-- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
			end
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)});	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or	-- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or			-- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then		-- {{citation}} as a book citation
			if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
				if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
					local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d'));	-- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
					if date and (1850 <= date) then								-- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
						utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher');	-- add maint cat
					end
				else															-- PublisherName has a value
					if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then			-- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
						PublisherName = '';										-- unset
					end
				end
			end
	end

	local ID_list = {};															-- sequence table of rendered identifiers
	local ID_list_coins = {};													-- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier
	
	local ID_support = {
		{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},				
		{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
		{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
		}

	ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
		if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or 		-- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
			args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then			-- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing');		-- add error message
		end

		Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
	end

	-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
		if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then						-- if auto-linking not disabled
 	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then						-- manual selection
		 		URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select];					-- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1];	-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then						-- auto-select PMC
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'];						-- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];				-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then						-- auto-select DOI
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
			end
 	 	end

		if utilities.is_set (URL) then											-- set when using an identifier-created URL
			if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then								-- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
				utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');			-- add an error message
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then								-- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');				-- add an error message
				ArchiveURL = '';												-- unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then	-- has special case for cite episode
		utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
			utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
				utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');						-- add maint cat
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
		['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),		-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,										-- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
		['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),	-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),		-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup,							-- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
		PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
	end

	local Editors;
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local contributor_etal;
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	local Interviewers;															
	local interviewers_list = {};					
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters
	local interviewer_etal;
	
	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListStyle,												-- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
			control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);

			Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
			control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);

			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
			control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);

			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
			control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);

			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
			control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);

			last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then		-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
	local OriginalURL
	local OriginalURL_origin
	local OriginalFormat
	local OriginalAccess;
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
		if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then 									-- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin;								-- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's URL
				ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin;									-- name of URL parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then											-- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's URL
				URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then									-- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
 		utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
			else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then								-- if we found one
				utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param});	-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then						-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then							-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title
	local plain_title = false;
	local accept_title;
	Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true);		-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
	if accept_title and ('' == Title) then										-- only support forced empty for now "(())"
		Title = cfg.messages['notitle'];										-- replace by predefined "No title" message
			-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting	 
			ScriptTitle = '';													-- just mute for now	 
			TransTitle = '';													-- just mute for now
 		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
		utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if not accept_title then													-- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', '');			-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end

		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy');						-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
		end

		if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title');						-- set an error message
		end
	end

	if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then				-- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );	-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Title) then											-- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
		if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url');						-- set an error message because we can't have both
			TitleLink = '';														-- unset
		end
	
		if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label, L;											-- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1'));	-- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle;
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
		if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then		--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Sections = A['Sections'];											-- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	local Others = A['Others'];
	if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then					-- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
		if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
		or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then							-- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
		else
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
		end
	end
	Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
			utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition');					 -- add error message
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";	-- not the same as SeriesNum
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);				-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
	
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
		ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	if utilities.is_set (URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
	end

	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
	local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
	if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

		if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
			if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then			-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
				Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2);										-- strip them off
			end
		end
		
		Quote = kern_quotes (Quote);											-- kern if needed
		Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote );					-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
	
		if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
			Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
		end

		if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
			if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
				TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
			end
			Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
		end

		if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then	-- add page prefix
			local quote_prefix = '';
			if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page');				-- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages');			-- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then				-- if only digits, assume single page
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				elseif not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				end
			end
                        
			Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
		else
			Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
		end

		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
	-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
	-- a displayed postscript.
	-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
	-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
	if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
	end
	
	local Archived;
	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then								-- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');					-- emit an error message
			ArchiveURL = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	else														
		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then									-- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url');				-- emit an error message
			ArchiveURL = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		local arch_text;
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
					{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			else
				Archived = '';
			end
			if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
				Archived = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then								-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
					utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown');				-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit');						-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
					Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
						{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
				else
					Archived = '';												-- unset for concatenation
				end
			end	
		else																	-- OriginalUrl not set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
			Archived = '';														-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = '';
	end
	
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
	if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
		if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		end
	end
	
	local Language = A['Language'];
	if utilities.is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
	else
		Language='';															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = TitleType;													-- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
		TitleType = '';															-- and unset

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if utilities.is_set (Conference) then								-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then
			Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', '');						-- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then								-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local Via = A['Via'];
	Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
	OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
	if utilities.is_set (Date) then
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then		-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " ";				-- in parentheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then						-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
		if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then									-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
			local in_text = '';
			local post_text = '';
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower();									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')';				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then								-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
		if utilities.is_set (Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								-- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
	local options_t = {};
	options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

	local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true);	-- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

	if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
		local namelist_t = {};													-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
		local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);						-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

		if #c > 0 then															-- if there is a contributor list
			namelist_t = c;														-- select it
		elseif #a > 0 then														-- or an author list
			namelist_t = a;
		elseif #e > 0 then														-- or an editor list
			namelist_t = e;
		end
		local citeref_id;
		if #namelist_t > 0 then													-- if there are names in namelist_t
			citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year);					-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then	-- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
				utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
			end
		else
			citeref_id = '';													-- unset
		end
		options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
	end

	if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then								-- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; 
		z.error_cats_t = {};													-- blank the categories list
		z.error_msgs_t = {};													-- blank the error messages list
		OCinSoutput = nil;														-- blank the metadata string
		text = '';																-- blank the the citation
		utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');							-- set empty citation message and category
	end
	
	local render_t = {};														-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then										-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
	else
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
	end		

	if OCinSoutput then															-- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput));	-- format and append metadata to the citation
	end

	local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
	local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
	local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';

	if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

		table.insert (render_t, ' ');											-- insert a space between citation and its error messages
		table.sort (z.error_msgs_t);											-- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

		local hidden = true;													-- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do									-- spin through the list of error messages
			if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then						-- look for the visible error class name
				hidden = false;													-- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
				break;															-- and done because no need to look further
			end
		end

		z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]});	-- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
		table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; '));			-- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

		table.sort (z.maint_cats_t);											-- sort the maintenance messages list

		local maint_msgs_t = {};												-- here we collect all of the maint messages

		if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then											-- if no error messages
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix);							-- insert message prefix in maint message livery
		end
		
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, 										-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
				table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
				);
		end
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
	end

	if not no_tracking_cats then
		local sort_key;
		local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
		if cfg.enable_sort_keys then											-- when namespace sort keys enabled
			local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace;		-- get namespace number for this wikitext
			sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil;	-- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
			cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk';	-- make <cfg.messages> key
		end				

		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do									-- append error categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
		end

		for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do									-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));	-- no sort keys
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render_t);												-- make a big string and done
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local enum_name;															-- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
	local state;
	local function state_test (state, name)										-- local function to do testing of state values
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			if empty then return nil; end										-- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
		if 'tracked' == state then
			local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', '');								-- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name);	-- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
			return true;
		end
		return nil;
	end		

	if name:find ('#') then														-- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
		return nil;
	end
																				-- replace wnumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#');							-- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
	enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1');				-- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity

	if 'document' == cite_class then											-- special case for {{cite document}}
		state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name];						-- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
		
		return false;
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name];						-- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name];				-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then 	-- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
		state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name];					-- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
	end																			-- if here, fall into general validation

	state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name];							-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
	local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):');									-- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
	local _;
	
	if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then						-- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter);					-- emit an error message
		_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value);							-- extract label portion from wikilink
	end
	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then										-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if 'number' == type (param) then
		return;
	end
	
	param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#');											-- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize 
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
	
	if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
	if value:match ('^=') then													-- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
	local url_error_t = {};
	
	check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t);									-- extraneous url check
	if 0 ~= #url_error_t then													-- non-zero when there are errors
		table.sort (url_error_t);
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)});	-- add this error message
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do											-- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
		config[k] = v;
	--	args[k] = v;															-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
	end	
																				-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
	local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox';	-- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
	is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true);		-- is this invoke the sandbox module?
	sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or '';										-- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local styles;
	
	cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox);			-- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
	whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
	utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
	validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
	identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
	metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
	styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text;															-- used as a flag

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	local empty_unknowns = {};													-- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do											-- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
		v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1');							-- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				if type (k) ~= 'string' then									-- exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
					end
				elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then 
					error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()});	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox);	--load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = utilities.substitute (param, capture);		-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param});	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});	-- suggested param not supported by this template
								v = '';											-- unset
							end
						end
					end
					if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then					-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?						
						if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
						else
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
			end

			args[k] = v;														-- save this parameter and its value

		elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then									-- for empty parameters
			if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then				-- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
				k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k;						-- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
				table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));	-- format for error message and add to the list
			end
																				-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
	--	elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
	--		args[k] = v;														-- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
		end																		-- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
	end	

	if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then												-- create empty unknown error message
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
			1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
			utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
			});
	end

	local url_param_t = {};

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);											-- look for invisible characters
		end
		has_extraneous_punc (k, v);												-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
		args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v);										-- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

		if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then					-- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
			url_param_t[k] = v;													-- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
		end
	end

	has_extraneous_url (url_param_t);											-- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong

	return table.concat ({
		frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
		citation0( config, args)
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};
Retrieved from "https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1&oldid=131482"